1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
225 * up a connection or after roaming.
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
252 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
254 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
257 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
258 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
259 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
261 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
262 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
264 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
265 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
266 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
268 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
273 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
274 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
275 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
278 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
279 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
281 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
282 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
283 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
284 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
285 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
286 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
287 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
290 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
293 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
295 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
296 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
297 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
300 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
301 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
302 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
303 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
306 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
307 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
308 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
314 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
316 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
317 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
318 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
321 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
322 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
323 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
324 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
325 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
327 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
328 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
329 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
330 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
331 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
334 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
335 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
337 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
338 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
339 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
344 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
345 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
347 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
348 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
353 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
354 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
355 * global regdomain will be returned.
356 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
357 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
358 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
359 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
360 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
361 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
362 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
363 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
364 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
366 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
367 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
368 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
369 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
370 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
371 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
374 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
376 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
377 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
380 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
382 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
383 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
385 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
386 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
387 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
388 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
390 * added to all specified management frames generated by
391 * kernel/firmware/driver.
392 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
393 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
394 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
395 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
396 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
397 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
399 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
400 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
401 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
402 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
403 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
405 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
406 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
408 * partial scan results may be available
410 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
411 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
412 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
413 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
414 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
415 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
416 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
417 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
418 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
419 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
420 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
421 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
422 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
423 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
424 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
425 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
426 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
427 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
428 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
429 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
430 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
431 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
432 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
433 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
434 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
435 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
438 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
439 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
440 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
441 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
442 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
443 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
444 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
446 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
448 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
449 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
451 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
452 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
453 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
454 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
456 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
457 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
459 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
460 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
461 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
463 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
465 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
466 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
467 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
468 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
469 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
470 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
471 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
472 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
473 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
474 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
475 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
476 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
477 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
478 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
479 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
480 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
481 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
482 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
483 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
484 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
485 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
486 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
487 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
488 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
489 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
490 * the beacon hint was processed.
492 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
493 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
494 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
495 * authentication process.
496 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
497 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
498 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
499 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
500 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
501 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
502 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
503 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
504 * to be added to the frame.
505 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
506 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
507 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
508 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
509 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
510 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
511 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
512 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
513 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
514 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
515 * pending authentication timed out).
516 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
517 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
518 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
519 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
521 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
522 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
524 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
525 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
526 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
528 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
529 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
530 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
532 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
533 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
534 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
535 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
536 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
538 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
540 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
541 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
542 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
543 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
544 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
545 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
546 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
547 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
548 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
549 * determined by the network interface.
551 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
552 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
555 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
556 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
557 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
559 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
561 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
562 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
563 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
564 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
565 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
566 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
567 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
568 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
569 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
570 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
571 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
572 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
573 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
574 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
575 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
576 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
577 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
578 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
579 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
580 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
581 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
582 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
583 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
584 * a different BSS is desired.
585 * Background scan period can optionally be
586 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
587 * if not specified default background scan configuration
588 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
589 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
590 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
591 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
592 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
593 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
594 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
595 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
596 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
597 * well to remain backwards compatible.
598 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
599 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
600 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
601 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
602 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
603 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
604 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
605 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
606 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
607 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
608 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
609 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
611 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
612 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
614 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
615 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
616 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
617 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
619 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
620 * frequency for the operation.
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
622 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
623 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
624 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
626 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
627 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
628 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
630 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
631 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
632 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
633 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
634 * uniquely identify the request.
635 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
636 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
638 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
639 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
640 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
642 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
643 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
644 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
645 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
646 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
647 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
648 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
649 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
650 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
651 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
652 * backward compatibility
653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
654 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
655 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
656 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
657 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
658 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
659 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
660 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
661 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
662 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
663 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
664 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
665 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
666 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
667 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
669 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
670 * is used during CSA period.
671 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
672 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
673 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
674 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
676 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
677 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
678 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
679 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
680 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
682 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
683 * backward compatibility.
685 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
686 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
688 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
689 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
691 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
692 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
694 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
695 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
696 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
697 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
698 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
699 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
700 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
701 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
702 * precedence when they are used.
704 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
707 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
708 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
709 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
710 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
711 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
712 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
713 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
714 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
715 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
716 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
717 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
718 * command, the feature is disabled.
720 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
721 * mesh config parameters may be given.
722 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
723 * network is determined by the network interface.
725 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
726 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
727 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
728 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
729 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
730 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
732 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
733 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
734 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
735 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
736 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
737 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
738 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
739 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
740 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
741 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
742 * depending on the authentication result.
744 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
746 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
747 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
748 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
749 * more background information, see
750 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
751 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
752 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
753 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
754 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
755 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
756 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
758 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
759 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
760 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
761 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
762 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
763 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
764 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
766 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
767 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
769 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
770 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
771 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
772 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
773 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
774 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
775 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
776 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
778 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
779 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
780 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
781 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
782 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
783 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
785 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
786 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
787 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
788 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
790 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
791 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
792 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
793 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
794 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
796 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
797 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
798 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
799 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
801 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
802 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
803 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
805 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
806 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
807 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
809 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
810 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
811 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
812 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
815 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
817 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
818 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
819 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
820 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
821 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
822 * from the remote AP) is completed;
824 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
825 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
826 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
827 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
828 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
829 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
830 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
831 * interfaces to change channel as well.
833 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
834 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
835 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
836 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
837 * public action frame TX.
838 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
839 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
841 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
842 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
843 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
846 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
847 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
849 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
850 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
851 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
852 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
853 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
854 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
855 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
856 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
857 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
859 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
860 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
861 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
862 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
863 * while operating on this channel.
864 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
867 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
868 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
869 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
871 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
872 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
874 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
875 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
876 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
877 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
879 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
880 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
883 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
884 * return back to normal.
886 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
887 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
889 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
890 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
891 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
892 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
893 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
894 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
895 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
896 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
897 * switch is complete.
899 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
900 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
901 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
902 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
903 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
904 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
905 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
906 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
908 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
909 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
910 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
911 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
912 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
914 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
915 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
916 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
917 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
918 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
919 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
920 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
921 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
922 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
923 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
924 * fail even if the check was successful.
925 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
926 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
927 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
928 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
930 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
931 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
932 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
934 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
935 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
936 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
937 * network is determined by the network interface.
939 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
940 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
941 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
942 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
943 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
944 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
945 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
947 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
948 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
949 * when this command completes.
951 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
952 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
955 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
956 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
957 * cfg80211_scan_done().
959 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
960 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
961 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
962 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
963 * cluster. This command must have a valid
964 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
965 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
966 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
967 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
969 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
970 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
971 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
972 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
973 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
974 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
975 * of the function upon success.
976 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
977 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
978 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
979 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
980 * which just terminated.
981 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
982 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
983 * the response to this command.
984 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
985 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
986 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
987 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
988 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
989 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
990 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
991 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
992 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
993 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
994 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
995 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
996 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
997 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
998 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
999 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1002 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1003 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1004 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1005 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1008 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1009 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1010 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1012 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1014 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1015 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1016 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1017 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1018 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1019 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1021 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1022 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1023 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1024 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1025 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1027 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1028 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1029 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1030 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1032 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1034 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1035 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1036 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1037 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1038 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1039 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1041 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1042 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1043 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1044 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1045 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1046 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1047 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1048 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1049 * command interface.
1051 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1052 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1053 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1056 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1058 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1061 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1064 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1065 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1066 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1068 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1069 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1070 * the netlink extended ack message.
1072 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1074 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1075 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1076 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1079 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1080 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1081 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1082 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1084 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1085 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1087 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1088 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1089 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1090 * determining the width and type.
1092 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1093 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1094 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1095 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1098 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1099 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1100 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1101 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1102 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1103 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1104 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1105 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1108 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1109 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1110 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1112 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1113 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1115 enum nl80211_commands {
1116 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1119 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1120 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1121 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1122 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1124 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1125 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1126 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1127 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1129 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1130 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1131 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1132 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1134 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1135 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1136 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1137 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1138 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1139 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1141 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1142 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1143 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1144 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1146 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1147 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1148 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1149 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1153 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1154 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1156 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1157 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1159 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1161 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1163 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1164 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1165 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1166 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1168 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1170 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1171 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1172 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1173 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1175 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1177 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1179 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1180 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1182 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1184 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1186 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1188 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1190 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1191 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1194 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1195 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1197 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1198 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1200 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1202 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1203 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1205 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1206 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1207 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1209 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1210 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1212 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1213 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1215 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1218 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1220 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1221 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1223 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1224 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1226 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1228 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1229 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1231 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1232 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1233 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1234 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1236 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1238 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1240 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1241 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1243 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1245 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1247 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1249 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1251 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1253 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1255 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1256 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1258 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1260 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1262 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1264 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1266 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1268 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1269 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1271 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1272 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1274 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1275 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1277 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1281 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1283 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1284 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1286 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1288 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1289 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1291 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1293 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1294 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1296 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1298 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1300 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1301 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1302 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1303 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1304 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1305 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1307 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1309 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1311 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1312 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1314 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1316 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1318 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1320 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1322 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1324 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1326 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1327 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1328 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1330 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1332 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1334 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1336 /* add new commands above here */
1338 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1339 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1340 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1344 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1347 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1348 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1349 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1350 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1351 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1352 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1353 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1354 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1356 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1358 /* source-level API compatibility */
1359 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1360 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1361 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1364 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1369 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1373 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1374 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1375 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1376 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1378 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1379 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1381 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1383 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1385 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1386 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1388 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1389 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1390 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1391 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1393 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1394 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1396 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1397 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1399 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1400 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1402 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1403 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1405 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1412 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1417 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1421 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1423 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1426 * default management key
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1428 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1430 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1439 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1441 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1443 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1444 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1446 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1448 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1449 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1452 * consisting of a nested array.
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1456 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1459 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1460 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1463 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1466 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1467 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1468 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1469 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1470 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1471 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1472 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1473 * to a specific alpha2.
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1483 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1484 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1487 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1490 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1491 * of the interface mode.
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1494 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1497 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1500 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1502 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1504 * that can be added to a scan request
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1506 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1508 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1512 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1516 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1518 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1521 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1522 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1525 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1526 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1529 * represented as a u32
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1531 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1537 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1538 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1539 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1540 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1542 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1543 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1544 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1545 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1551 * for other networks on different channels
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1554 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1557 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1558 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1559 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1560 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1561 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1562 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1563 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1566 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1569 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1570 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1571 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1572 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1573 * default in station mode.
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1575 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1576 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1577 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1578 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1579 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1581 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1582 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1584 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1585 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1586 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1587 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1588 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1589 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1590 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1594 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1597 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1598 * a local disconnect request.
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1602 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1603 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1606 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1607 * (an array of u32).
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1609 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1612 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1613 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1615 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1616 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1617 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1618 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1619 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1620 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1621 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1624 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1626 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1629 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1630 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1631 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1632 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1635 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1637 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1638 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1643 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1644 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1645 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1646 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1647 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1648 * completely from scratch.
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1653 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1654 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1658 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1662 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1663 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1668 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1669 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1670 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1671 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1672 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1673 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1674 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1675 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1676 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1677 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1678 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1681 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1683 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1685 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1686 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1687 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1689 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1690 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1693 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1698 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1701 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1702 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1703 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1704 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1707 * connected to this BSS.
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1710 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1712 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1713 * for non-automatic settings.
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1716 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1719 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1720 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1721 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1723 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1724 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1725 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1726 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1727 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1728 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1729 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1730 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1731 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1732 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1735 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1736 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1737 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1738 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1741 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1744 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1749 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1750 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1751 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1752 * nl80211 capability flag.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1757 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1758 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1761 * changed once the mesh is active.
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1763 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1765 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1766 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1768 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1769 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1770 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1773 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1775 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1776 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1783 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1784 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1785 * pass-thru filter rules.
1786 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1787 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1788 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1789 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1790 * able to ignore them by itself.
1791 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1792 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1793 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1794 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1795 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1796 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1797 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1798 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1801 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1802 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1804 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1805 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1806 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1809 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1812 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1813 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1814 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1817 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1818 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1821 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1822 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1823 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1825 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1826 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1827 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1828 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1831 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1836 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1839 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1842 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1843 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1844 * applications use this attribute.
1845 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1846 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1849 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1850 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1852 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1854 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1856 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1858 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1859 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1860 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1863 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1864 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1865 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1868 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1869 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1870 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1873 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1875 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1876 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1877 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1880 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1881 * to be filled by the FW.
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1883 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1885 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1886 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1887 * The values that may be configured are:
1888 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1889 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1890 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1891 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1892 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1895 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1896 * to one DFS region.
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1902 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1903 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1904 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1905 * capability to timeout the stations.
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1908 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1909 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1912 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1915 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1916 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1917 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1918 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1921 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1922 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1925 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1926 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1927 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1928 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1929 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1930 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1931 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1932 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1936 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1941 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1943 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1944 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1945 * no change is made.
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1948 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1951 * carried in a u32 attribute
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1957 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1961 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1964 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1965 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1967 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1970 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1973 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1977 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1980 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1981 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1989 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1991 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1994 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1995 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1996 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2001 * until the channel switch event.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2003 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2006 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2008 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2010 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2013 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2018 * supported operating classes.
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2021 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2022 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2023 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2024 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2028 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2030 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2033 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2034 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2035 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2039 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2042 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2044 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2046 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2047 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2048 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2054 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2055 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2056 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2057 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2058 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2061 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2063 * supported number of csa counters.
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2066 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2069 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2070 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2071 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2072 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2073 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2074 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2075 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2076 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2077 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2078 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2079 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2080 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2081 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2083 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2084 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2085 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2086 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2087 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2088 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2089 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2090 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2093 * the TDLS link initiator.
2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2096 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2097 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2098 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2099 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2100 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2101 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2102 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2103 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2104 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2105 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2106 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2109 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2110 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2111 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2112 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2117 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2120 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2127 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2128 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2129 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2132 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2133 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2134 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2135 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2136 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2139 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2140 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2141 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2142 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2143 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2144 * over all channels.
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2147 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2148 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2149 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2152 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2155 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2157 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2159 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2161 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2162 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2163 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2164 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2165 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2167 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2168 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2169 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2171 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2172 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2173 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2174 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2175 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2178 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2183 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2184 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2188 * groupID for monitor mode.
2189 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2190 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2191 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2192 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2193 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2195 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2196 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2197 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2198 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2200 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2202 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2203 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2204 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2207 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2208 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2209 * attribute must not be included).
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2211 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2213 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2214 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2215 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2216 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2218 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2219 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2220 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2223 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2226 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2227 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2228 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2229 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2231 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2232 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2233 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2234 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2235 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2236 * the device will decide what to use.
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2238 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2241 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2245 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2246 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2249 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2252 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2255 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2256 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2257 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2258 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2259 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2260 * unnecessary wakeups.
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2263 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2264 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2265 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2266 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2269 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2270 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2273 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2274 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2277 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2278 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2281 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2282 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2285 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2286 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2287 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2288 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2291 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2292 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2295 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2296 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2297 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2298 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2299 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2302 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2304 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2307 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2308 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2313 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2314 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2315 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2317 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2318 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2319 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2320 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2323 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2326 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2328 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2330 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2333 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2335 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2336 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2339 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2340 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2341 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2344 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2347 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2351 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2352 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2353 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2354 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2360 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2363 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2364 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2365 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2369 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2370 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2378 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2379 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2381 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2382 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2384 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2386 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2388 enum nl80211_attrs {
2389 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2390 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2393 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2395 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2397 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2403 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2404 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2408 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2410 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2413 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2415 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2417 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2419 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2421 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2423 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2424 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2426 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2428 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2432 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2434 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2439 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2443 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2444 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2445 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2452 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2454 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2455 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2456 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2459 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2462 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2467 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2469 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2471 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2472 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2474 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2475 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2477 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2480 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2482 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2483 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2485 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2487 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2489 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2491 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2493 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2495 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2497 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2498 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2501 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2502 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2508 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2520 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2522 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2524 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2526 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2528 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2530 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2542 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2543 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2549 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2550 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2552 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2554 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2555 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2557 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2559 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2561 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2563 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2570 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2572 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2575 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2581 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2583 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2585 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2590 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2596 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2601 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2607 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2608 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2610 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2611 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2621 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2626 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2632 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2638 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2642 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2646 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2648 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2649 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2657 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2659 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2661 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2663 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2665 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2669 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2678 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2685 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2688 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2690 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2691 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2693 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2695 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2704 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2706 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2709 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2711 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2713 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2714 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2716 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2718 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2720 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2723 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2727 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2729 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2732 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2735 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2737 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2739 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2745 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2751 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2754 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2756 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2760 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2762 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2768 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2769 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2771 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2786 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2797 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2799 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2806 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2808 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2810 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2811 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2816 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2818 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2819 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2821 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2827 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2829 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2834 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2835 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2837 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2839 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2843 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2844 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2846 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2848 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2849 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2853 /* source-level API compatibility */
2854 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2855 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2856 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2857 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2860 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2863 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2864 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2865 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2866 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2867 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2868 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2869 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2870 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2871 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2872 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2873 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2874 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2875 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2876 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2877 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2878 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2879 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2880 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2881 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2882 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2883 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2885 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2887 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2888 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2889 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
2890 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2891 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2892 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2893 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2894 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2895 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2896 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
2897 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2898 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2900 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2902 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2903 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2905 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2908 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2910 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2911 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2912 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2913 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2914 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2915 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2916 * AP type interface.
2917 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2918 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2919 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2920 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2921 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2922 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2923 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2924 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2925 * commands to create and destroy one
2926 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2927 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2928 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2929 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2930 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2932 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2933 * to set the type of an interface.
2936 enum nl80211_iftype {
2937 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2938 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2939 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2941 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2943 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2944 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2945 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2946 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2947 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2952 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2953 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2957 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2959 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2960 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2962 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2963 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2964 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2965 * with short barker preamble
2966 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2967 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2968 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2969 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2970 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2971 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2972 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2974 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2975 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2976 * previously added station into associated state
2977 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2978 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2980 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2981 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2982 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2983 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2984 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2985 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2986 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2987 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2988 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2991 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2992 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2996 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2998 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2999 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3000 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3002 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3003 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3004 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3006 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3009 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3012 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3013 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3014 * @set: which values to set them to
3016 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3018 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3021 } __attribute__((packed));
3024 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3025 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3026 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3027 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3029 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3030 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3031 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3032 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3036 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3037 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3038 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3039 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3040 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3041 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3045 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3046 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3047 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3048 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3049 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3050 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3051 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3052 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3056 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3058 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3059 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3060 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3061 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3062 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3063 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3064 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3065 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3066 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3068 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3070 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3071 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3073 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3074 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3075 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3076 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3077 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3078 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3079 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3082 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3083 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3085 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3086 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3087 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3088 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3089 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3090 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3093 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3094 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3096 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3097 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3098 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3099 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3100 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3101 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3102 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3106 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3107 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3108 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3109 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3110 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3111 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3112 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3113 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3114 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3117 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3118 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3122 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3124 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3125 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3127 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3128 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3129 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3131 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3133 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3134 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3135 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3136 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3138 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3139 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3140 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3141 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3142 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3143 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3144 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3147 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3148 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3152 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3154 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3155 * when getting information about a station.
3157 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3158 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3160 * (u32, from this station)
3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3162 * (u32, to this station)
3163 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3164 * (u64, from this station)
3165 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3166 * (u64, to this station)
3167 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3168 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3169 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3171 * (u32, from this station)
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3173 * (u32, to this station)
3174 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3175 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3176 * (u32, to this station)
3177 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3181 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3183 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3185 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3190 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3192 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3195 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3197 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3198 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3199 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3200 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3202 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3204 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3206 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3207 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3208 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3209 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3211 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3212 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3214 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3216 * (u32, from this station)
3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3218 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3219 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3220 * might not be fully accurate.
3221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3222 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3223 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3224 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3225 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3226 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3227 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3228 * of STA's association
3229 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3230 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3232 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3233 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3243 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3244 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3245 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3247 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3248 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3249 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3250 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3251 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3252 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3253 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3254 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3255 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3256 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3257 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3258 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3259 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3260 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3261 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3262 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3263 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3265 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3266 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3267 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3268 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3269 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3270 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3271 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3272 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3273 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3274 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3275 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3278 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3279 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3282 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3283 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3287 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3288 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3289 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3290 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3291 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3292 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3293 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3294 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3296 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3297 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3298 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3299 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3301 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3302 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3303 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3304 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3305 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3306 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3307 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3308 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3311 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3312 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3316 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3317 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3318 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3319 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3320 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3322 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3323 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3324 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3325 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3326 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3327 * (only for per-phy stats)
3328 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3329 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3330 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3331 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3332 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3334 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3335 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3336 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3337 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3338 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3339 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3340 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3341 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3342 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3343 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3344 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3345 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3346 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3349 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3350 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3354 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3356 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3357 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3358 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3359 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3360 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3362 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3363 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3364 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3365 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3366 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3367 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3371 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3373 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3374 * information about a mesh path.
3376 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3377 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3378 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3379 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3380 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3381 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3382 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3383 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3384 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3385 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3386 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3387 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3389 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3391 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3392 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3393 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3394 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3395 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3396 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3397 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3398 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3399 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3400 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3401 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3404 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3405 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3409 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3411 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3412 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3413 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3414 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3416 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3418 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3420 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3421 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3422 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3424 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3426 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3427 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3429 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3430 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3431 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3432 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3433 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3436 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3437 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3441 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3442 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3443 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3444 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3445 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3446 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3447 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3448 * defined in 802.11n
3449 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3450 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3451 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3452 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3453 * defined in 802.11ac
3454 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3455 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3456 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3457 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3458 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3459 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3460 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3461 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3462 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3463 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3464 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3466 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3467 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3468 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3469 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3471 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3472 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3473 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3474 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3476 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3477 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3478 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3480 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3481 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3484 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3485 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3488 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3491 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3493 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3494 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3495 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3496 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3497 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3498 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3499 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3501 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3502 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3503 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3504 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3509 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3510 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3514 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3515 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3517 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3518 * regulatory domain.
3519 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3520 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3521 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3522 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3523 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3524 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3526 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3527 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3528 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3529 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3530 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3531 * channel as the control channel
3532 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3533 * channel as the control channel
3534 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3535 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3536 * this includes 80+80 channels
3537 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3538 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3540 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3541 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3542 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3543 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3544 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3545 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3546 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3547 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3548 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3549 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3550 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3551 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3552 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3553 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3554 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3555 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3556 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3557 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3558 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3559 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3560 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3561 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3562 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3563 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3564 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3565 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3567 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3569 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3570 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3571 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3572 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3574 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3575 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3576 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3577 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3578 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3579 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3580 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3581 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3582 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3583 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3584 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3585 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3586 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3587 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3588 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3589 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3590 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3591 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3592 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3593 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3596 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3597 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3600 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3601 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3602 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3603 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3604 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3605 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3608 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3609 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3610 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3611 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3613 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3615 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3617 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3618 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3619 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3620 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3623 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3624 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3628 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3629 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3630 * regulatory domain.
3631 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3632 * regulatory domain.
3633 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3634 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3635 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3636 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3637 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3638 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3639 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3640 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3641 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3643 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3644 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3645 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3646 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3647 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3651 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3652 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3653 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3654 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3655 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3657 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3658 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3659 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3660 * them to be applied.
3661 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3662 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3663 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3664 * domain request to be processed.
3666 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3667 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3668 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3669 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3670 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3674 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3675 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3676 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3677 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3678 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3679 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3680 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3682 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3683 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3685 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3686 * frequency range, in KHz.
3687 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3688 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3689 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3690 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3691 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3692 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3693 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3694 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3696 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3698 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3699 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3700 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3702 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3703 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3704 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3706 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3707 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3709 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3712 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3713 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3717 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3718 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3719 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3720 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3721 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3722 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3723 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3724 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3725 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3726 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3727 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3728 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3729 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3730 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3731 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3732 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3733 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3734 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3735 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3736 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3737 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3738 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3739 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3740 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3741 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3742 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3743 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3744 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3745 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3746 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3747 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3748 * attribute number currently defined
3749 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3751 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3752 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3754 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3755 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3756 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3757 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3758 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3759 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3762 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3763 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3764 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3767 /* only for backward compatibility */
3768 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3771 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3773 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3774 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3775 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3776 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3777 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3778 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3779 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3780 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3781 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3783 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3784 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3785 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3786 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3787 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3788 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3789 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3790 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3792 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3793 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3794 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3795 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3796 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3797 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3798 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3799 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3800 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3801 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3802 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3803 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3804 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3805 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3806 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3807 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3810 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3811 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3812 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3813 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3814 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3815 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3817 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3818 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3821 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3823 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3824 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3825 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3826 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3828 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3829 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3830 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3831 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3836 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3838 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3839 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3840 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3841 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3842 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3843 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3844 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3845 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3846 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3847 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3848 * supported feature.
3849 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3850 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3852 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3853 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3854 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3855 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3859 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3861 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3862 * when getting information about a survey.
3864 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3865 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3866 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3867 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3868 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3869 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3870 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3871 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3872 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3873 * channel was sensed busy
3874 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3875 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3876 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3877 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3878 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3879 * (on this channel or globally)
3880 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3881 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3882 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
3883 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3885 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3887 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3888 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3889 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3890 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3891 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3892 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3893 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3894 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3895 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3896 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3897 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3898 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3899 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
3902 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3903 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3906 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3907 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3908 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3909 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3910 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3911 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3914 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3916 * Monitor configuration flags.
3918 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3920 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3921 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3922 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3923 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3924 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3925 * overrides all other flags.
3926 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3927 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3929 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3930 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3932 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3933 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3934 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3935 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3936 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3937 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3938 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3939 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3942 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3943 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3947 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3949 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3950 * not known or has not been set yet.
3951 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3952 * in Awake state all the time.
3953 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3954 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3955 * neighbor's beacons.
3956 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3957 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3958 * for neighbor's beacons.
3960 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3961 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3964 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3965 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3966 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3967 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3968 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3970 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3971 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3975 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3977 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3980 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3982 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3983 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3985 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3986 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3991 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3992 * on this mesh interface
3994 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3995 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3998 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4001 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4002 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4003 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4007 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4010 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4013 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4014 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4016 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4017 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4018 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4020 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4021 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4024 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4025 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4030 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4031 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4033 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4034 * root announcements are transmitted.
4036 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4037 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4038 * Announcement frames.
4040 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4041 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4044 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4045 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4047 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4048 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4052 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4055 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4057 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4059 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4060 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4061 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4063 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4064 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4066 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4067 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4068 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4070 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4071 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4073 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4075 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4076 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4077 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4078 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4080 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4081 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4082 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4083 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4085 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4087 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4088 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4089 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4090 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4091 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4092 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4093 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4094 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4095 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4096 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4097 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4098 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4099 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4100 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4101 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4102 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4103 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4104 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4105 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4106 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4107 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4108 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4109 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4110 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4111 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4112 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4113 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4114 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4115 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4116 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4117 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4120 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4121 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4125 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4127 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4128 * changed while the mesh is active.
4130 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4132 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4133 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4136 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4137 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4140 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4141 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4142 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4145 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4146 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4148 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4149 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4150 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4151 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4152 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4153 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4154 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4155 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4158 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4159 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4160 * neighbor offset synchronization
4162 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4163 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4165 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4166 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4167 * Default is no authentication method required.
4169 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4171 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4173 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4174 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4175 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4176 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4177 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4178 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4179 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4180 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4181 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4182 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4185 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4186 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4190 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4191 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4192 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4193 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4195 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4196 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4197 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4198 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4199 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4200 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4201 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4203 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4204 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4205 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4206 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4207 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4208 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4209 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4212 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4213 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4224 /* backward compat */
4225 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4226 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4227 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4228 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4229 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4232 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4233 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4234 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4235 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4236 * below the control channel
4237 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4238 * above the control channel
4240 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4243 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4244 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4248 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4250 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4251 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4253 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4254 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4256 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4257 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4258 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4259 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4260 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4262 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4269 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4271 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4274 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4275 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4276 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4277 * attribute must be provided as well
4278 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4279 * attribute must be provided as well
4280 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4282 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4283 * attribute must be provided as well
4284 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4285 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4287 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4288 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4289 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4290 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4291 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4292 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4293 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4294 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4295 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4299 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4301 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4303 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4304 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4305 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4307 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4308 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4309 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4310 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4314 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4316 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4317 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4318 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4319 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4320 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4321 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4322 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4323 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4324 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4325 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4326 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4327 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4328 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4329 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4330 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4331 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4332 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4333 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4334 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4335 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4336 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4337 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4338 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4339 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4340 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4341 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4343 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4344 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4345 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4346 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4347 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4348 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4349 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4350 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4351 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4352 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4353 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4354 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4355 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4356 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4357 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4359 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4360 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4361 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4362 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4363 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4366 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4368 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4370 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4371 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4372 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4373 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4374 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4376 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4377 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4378 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4379 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4380 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4381 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4383 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4384 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4385 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4388 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4389 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4393 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4394 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4395 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4396 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4398 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4399 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4401 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4402 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4404 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4405 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4406 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4407 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4411 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4413 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4414 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4415 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4416 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4417 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4418 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4419 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4420 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4421 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4422 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4423 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4424 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4425 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4427 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4428 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4429 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4430 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4431 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4432 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4433 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4434 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4435 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4438 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4439 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4440 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4444 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4445 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4446 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4447 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4448 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4450 enum nl80211_key_type {
4451 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4452 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4453 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4455 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4459 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4460 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4461 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4462 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4466 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4467 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4470 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4471 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4472 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4473 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4477 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4478 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4479 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4481 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4483 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4485 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4486 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4487 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4488 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4490 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4494 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4495 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4496 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4497 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4499 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4500 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4501 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4502 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4503 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4504 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4505 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4506 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4507 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4508 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4509 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4510 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4511 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4512 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4513 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4515 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4516 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4518 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4519 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4524 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4525 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4527 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4531 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4532 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4536 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4537 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4538 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4539 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4540 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4541 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4542 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4543 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4544 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4545 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4546 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4547 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4548 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4550 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4551 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4552 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4558 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4559 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4562 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4563 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4566 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4567 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4569 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4570 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4573 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4574 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4575 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4576 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4580 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4581 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4582 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4583 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4584 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4585 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4586 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4598 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4599 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4600 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4602 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4603 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4608 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4609 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4610 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4611 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4612 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4613 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4614 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4615 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4617 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4618 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4619 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4620 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4621 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4622 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4623 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4624 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4625 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4626 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4627 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4630 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4631 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4632 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4633 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4635 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4636 * RSSI threshold event.
4637 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4638 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4640 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4641 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4642 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4643 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4644 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4645 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4646 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4647 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4648 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4649 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4650 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4653 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4654 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4658 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4659 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4660 * configured threshold
4661 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4662 * configured threshold
4663 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4665 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4666 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4667 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4668 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4673 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4674 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4675 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4676 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4678 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4679 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4680 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4681 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4685 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4686 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4687 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4688 * a zero bit are ignored
4689 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4690 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4691 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4692 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4693 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4694 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4695 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4696 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4697 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4698 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4699 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4700 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4701 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4702 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4703 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4705 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4706 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4707 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4708 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4709 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4712 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4716 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4717 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4718 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4719 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4720 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4722 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4723 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4724 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4725 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4726 * by the kernel to userspace.
4728 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4730 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4731 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4732 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4733 } __attribute__((packed));
4735 /* only for backward compatibility */
4736 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4737 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4738 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4739 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4740 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4741 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4742 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4745 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4746 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4748 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4749 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4750 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4751 * any others are even supported by the device.
4752 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4753 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4754 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4755 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4756 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4757 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4758 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4759 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4760 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4761 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4762 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4764 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4765 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4767 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4768 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4769 * to the kernel when configuring.
4770 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4771 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4772 * by the device (flag)
4773 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4774 * done by the device) (flag)
4775 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4777 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4778 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4779 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4780 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4781 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4782 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4783 * attribute contains the original length.
4784 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4785 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4786 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4787 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4788 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4789 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4790 * contains the original length.
4791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4792 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4793 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4795 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4796 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4797 * the TCP connection.
4798 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4799 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4800 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4801 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4802 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4803 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4805 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4806 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4807 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4808 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4809 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4810 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4811 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4812 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4813 * supported by the driver (u32).
4814 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4815 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4816 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4817 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4818 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4820 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4821 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4822 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4823 * these attributes must be present. If
4824 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4825 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4827 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4828 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4830 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4831 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4833 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4834 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4835 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4836 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4837 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4838 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4839 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4840 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4841 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4842 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4843 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4844 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4845 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4846 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4847 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4848 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4849 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4850 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4851 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4852 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4853 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4856 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4857 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4861 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4863 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4864 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4865 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4866 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4867 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4868 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4869 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4870 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4871 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4873 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4874 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4875 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4876 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4879 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4880 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4884 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4885 * @start: starting value
4886 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4887 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4889 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4890 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4893 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4894 __u32 start, offset, len;
4898 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4899 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4900 * @len: length of each token
4901 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4902 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4904 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4906 __u8 token_stream[];
4910 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4911 * @min_len: minimum token length
4912 * @max_len: maximum token length
4913 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4915 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4916 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4920 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4921 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4922 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4923 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4924 * (in network byte order)
4925 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4926 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4927 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4928 * might require ARP querying.
4929 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4930 * socket and port will be allocated
4931 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4932 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4933 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4934 * of the data payload.
4935 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4936 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4937 * advertising it is just a flag
4938 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4939 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4940 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4941 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4942 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4943 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4944 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4945 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4946 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4947 * but on the TCP payload only.
4948 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4949 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4951 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4952 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4953 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4954 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4955 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4956 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4957 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4958 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4959 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4960 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4961 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4962 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4963 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4966 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4967 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4971 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4972 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4973 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4974 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4976 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4977 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4979 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4981 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4983 } __attribute__((packed));
4986 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4987 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4988 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4989 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4990 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4991 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4992 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4993 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4994 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4996 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4997 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4998 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4999 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5000 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5003 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5004 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5008 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5009 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5010 * in a rule are matched.
5011 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5012 * in a rule are not matched.
5014 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5015 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5016 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5020 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5021 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5022 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5023 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5024 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5025 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5026 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5027 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5029 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5030 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5031 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5032 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5035 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5036 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5040 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5042 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5043 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5044 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5045 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5046 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5047 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5048 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5049 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5050 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5051 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5052 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5053 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5054 * different channels may be used within this group.
5055 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5056 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5057 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5058 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5059 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5060 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5061 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5062 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5063 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5066 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5067 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5069 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5070 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5072 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5073 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5075 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5076 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5078 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5079 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5080 * that any of these groups must match.
5082 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5083 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5084 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5085 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5086 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5088 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5089 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5090 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5091 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5092 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5093 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5094 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5095 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5096 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5099 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5100 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5105 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5107 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5108 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5109 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5111 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5112 * from this mesh peer
5113 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5114 * received from this mesh peer
5115 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5116 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5117 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5118 * plink are discarded
5119 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5120 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5122 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5123 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5124 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5125 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5126 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5127 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5128 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5129 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5132 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5133 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5137 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5139 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5140 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5141 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5142 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5144 enum plink_actions {
5145 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5146 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5147 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5149 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5153 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5154 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5155 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5158 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5159 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5160 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5161 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5162 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5163 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5164 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5166 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5167 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5168 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5169 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5170 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5173 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5174 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5178 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5179 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5181 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5183 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5184 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5186 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5187 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5188 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5189 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5193 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5194 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5195 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5196 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5197 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5198 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5199 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5200 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5202 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5203 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5204 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5205 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5208 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5209 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5213 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5214 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5215 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5217 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5218 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5219 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5221 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5224 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5225 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5226 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5227 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5228 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5231 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5232 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5236 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5237 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5238 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5239 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5240 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5241 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5243 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5244 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5246 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5247 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5248 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5252 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5253 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5254 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5255 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5260 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5261 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5262 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5264 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5265 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5266 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5268 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5269 * cellular base stations.
5270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5271 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5272 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5273 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5275 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5277 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5278 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5279 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5280 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5281 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5282 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5284 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5287 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5288 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5289 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5290 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5291 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5292 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5293 * states using station flags.
5294 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5295 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5296 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5298 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5300 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5301 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5302 * still generated by the driver.
5303 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5304 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5305 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5306 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5307 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5308 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5309 * lifetime of a BSS.
5310 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5311 * Set IE to probe requests.
5312 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5313 * to probe requests.
5314 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5315 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5316 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5317 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5318 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5319 * Measurement Report action frame.
5320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5321 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5323 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5324 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5325 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5326 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5327 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5328 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5329 * rts/cts handshake.
5330 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5331 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5332 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5333 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5334 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5335 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5336 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5337 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5338 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5339 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5340 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5341 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5342 * address mask/value will be used.
5343 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5344 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5345 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5346 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5347 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5348 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5349 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5350 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5352 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5353 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5354 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5355 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5356 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5357 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5358 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5359 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5360 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5361 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5362 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5363 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5364 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5365 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5366 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5367 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5368 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5369 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5370 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5371 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5372 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5373 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5374 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5375 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5376 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5377 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5378 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5379 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5380 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5381 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5382 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5383 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5384 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5388 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5389 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5391 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5392 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5393 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5394 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5395 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5396 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5397 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5398 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5399 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5400 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5401 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5402 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5403 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5406 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5407 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5410 * channel dwell time.
5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5412 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5414 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5416 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5418 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5420 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5422 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5423 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5424 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5425 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5427 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5428 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5430 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5431 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5432 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5433 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5434 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5435 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5436 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5438 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5439 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5440 * actual dwell time.
5441 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5444 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5446 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5448 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5450 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5451 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5453 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5454 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5455 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5456 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5457 * "radar detected" event.
5458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5459 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5460 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5461 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5465 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5466 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5467 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5468 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5470 * timing measurement responder role.
5472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5473 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5474 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5475 * freeze the connection.
5476 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5477 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5480 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5484 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5486 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5487 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5489 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5492 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5493 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5495 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5496 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5498 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5518 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5519 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5520 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5521 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5522 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5523 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5527 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5534 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5535 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5536 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5537 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5538 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5539 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5541 /* add new features before the definition below */
5542 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5543 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5547 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5548 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5549 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5550 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5551 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5552 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5555 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5556 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5557 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5558 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5560 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5561 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5562 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5563 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5564 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5568 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5569 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5570 * handled by the AP is reached.
5571 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5573 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5574 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5575 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5579 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5581 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5582 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5583 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5584 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5586 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5587 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5588 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5589 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5590 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5594 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5596 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5597 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5600 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5601 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5602 * one of them can be used in the request.
5604 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5605 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5606 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5607 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5608 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5609 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5610 * when really needed
5611 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5612 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5613 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5614 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5615 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5616 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5617 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5618 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5619 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5620 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5621 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5622 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5623 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5624 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5625 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5626 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5627 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5628 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5629 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5630 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5632 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5633 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5634 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5635 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5636 * impacted with this flag.
5637 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5638 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5639 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5640 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5641 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5642 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5643 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5644 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5645 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5646 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5648 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5649 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5650 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5652 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5653 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5654 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5655 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5656 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5657 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5658 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5659 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5660 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5661 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5662 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5663 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5664 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5665 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5669 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5671 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5672 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5673 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5675 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5676 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5677 * in ACL to authenticate.
5678 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5679 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5681 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5682 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5683 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5687 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5689 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5691 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5692 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5693 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5694 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5696 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5698 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5699 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5701 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5702 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5706 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5708 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5709 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5711 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5713 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5714 * the channel is now available.
5715 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5716 * change to the channel status.
5717 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5718 * over, channel becomes usable.
5719 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5720 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5721 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5722 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5723 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5724 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5726 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5727 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5728 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5729 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5730 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5731 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5732 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5736 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5738 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5740 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5741 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5742 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5743 * is therefore marked as not available.
5744 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5746 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5748 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5749 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5753 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5754 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5755 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5756 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5757 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5758 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5760 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5761 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5765 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5767 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5768 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5769 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5770 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5771 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5773 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5774 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5775 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5776 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5777 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5778 /* add other protocols before this one */
5779 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5782 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5783 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5786 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5788 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5790 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5791 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5792 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5793 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5794 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5796 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5797 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5798 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5802 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5803 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5804 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5806 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5809 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5810 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5811 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5812 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5813 * added to this file when needed.
5814 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5816 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5822 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5824 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5825 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5827 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5828 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5829 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5831 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5832 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5833 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5834 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5838 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5839 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5840 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5842 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5843 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5844 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5845 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5846 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5848 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5850 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5851 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5852 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5853 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5856 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5857 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5858 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5862 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5864 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5865 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5866 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5868 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5871 } __attribute__((packed));
5874 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5876 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5877 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5879 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5880 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5881 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5882 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5883 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5884 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5885 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5886 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5887 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5888 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5889 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5891 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5892 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5893 * which the driver shall use.
5895 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5896 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5897 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5898 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5899 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5902 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5903 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5907 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5909 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5911 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5912 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5913 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5915 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5916 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5917 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5918 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5921 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5922 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5926 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5928 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5930 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5931 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5933 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5934 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5935 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5939 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5941 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5943 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5944 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5945 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5947 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5948 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5949 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5950 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5953 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5954 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5955 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5958 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5959 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5960 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5961 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5962 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5963 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5964 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5965 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5966 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5967 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5968 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5969 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5970 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5971 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5972 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5973 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5974 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5975 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5976 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5977 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5978 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5979 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5981 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5982 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5983 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5984 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5985 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5986 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5987 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5988 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5989 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5990 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5991 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5992 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5993 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5994 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5996 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5997 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5999 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6000 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6001 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6002 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6003 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6004 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6005 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6006 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6007 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6008 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6009 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6010 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6011 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6012 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6013 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6014 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6015 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6016 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6019 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6020 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6024 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6025 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6026 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6028 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6029 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6030 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6031 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6032 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6033 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6034 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6035 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6036 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6038 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6039 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6040 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6042 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6043 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6046 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6047 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6051 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6052 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6053 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6054 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6055 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6056 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6057 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6058 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6060 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6061 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6063 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6064 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6065 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6066 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6069 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6070 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6074 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6075 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6076 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6077 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6079 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6080 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6081 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6085 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6086 * responder attributes
6087 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6088 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6089 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6090 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6091 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6092 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6093 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6094 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6095 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6096 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6098 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6099 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6101 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6102 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6103 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6106 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6107 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6111 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6113 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6114 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6116 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6117 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6118 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6119 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6120 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6121 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6122 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6123 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6124 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6125 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6126 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6127 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6128 * phase with the responder (u32)
6129 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6130 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6132 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6133 * scheduled window (u32)
6134 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6135 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6136 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6138 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6139 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6140 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6141 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6142 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6143 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6144 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6145 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6146 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6147 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6148 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6149 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6152 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6153 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6157 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6158 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6159 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6160 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6161 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6163 enum nl80211_preamble {
6164 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6165 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6166 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6167 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6171 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6172 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6173 * these numbers also for attributes
6175 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6177 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6178 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6180 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6181 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6183 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6185 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6186 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6190 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6191 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6192 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6194 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6195 * reason may be available in the response data
6197 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6198 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6199 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6200 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6201 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6205 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6206 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6208 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6209 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6210 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6211 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6214 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6215 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6217 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6218 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6220 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6221 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6224 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6225 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6229 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6230 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6233 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6234 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6235 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6236 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6237 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6238 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6239 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6240 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6241 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6242 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6244 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6245 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6246 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6248 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6250 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6251 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6253 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6254 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6256 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6257 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6258 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6259 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6260 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6261 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6264 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6265 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6269 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6270 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6272 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6273 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6274 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6276 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6277 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6278 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6279 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6280 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6282 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6283 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6285 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6286 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6288 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6289 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6290 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6291 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6294 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6295 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6299 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6300 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6302 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6303 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6304 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6305 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6306 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6307 * measurement results
6308 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6309 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6310 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6311 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6312 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6313 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6314 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6315 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6316 * sub-attributes taken from
6317 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6319 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6320 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6322 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6323 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6325 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6326 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6327 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6328 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6329 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6332 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6333 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6337 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6338 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6345 * data can be requested during the measurement
6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6347 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6348 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6349 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6351 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6352 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6353 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6354 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6355 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6356 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6358 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6359 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6361 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6362 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6364 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6365 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6377 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6382 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6383 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6386 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6387 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6389 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6390 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6392 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6394 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6395 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6396 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6397 * requested per burst
6398 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6399 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6401 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6402 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6405 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6406 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6408 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6409 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6411 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6412 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6413 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6414 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6415 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6416 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6417 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6418 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6419 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6422 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6423 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6427 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6430 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6432 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6433 * try and get no response)
6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6435 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6437 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6438 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6440 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6442 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6443 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6444 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6445 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6446 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6447 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6448 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6449 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6450 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6454 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6455 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6457 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6460 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6461 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6463 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6465 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6466 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6467 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6469 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6471 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6472 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6473 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6474 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6475 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6476 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6477 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6478 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6479 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6482 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6484 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6486 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6487 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6489 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6490 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6492 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6494 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6495 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6496 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6499 * (binary, optional);
6500 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6501 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6503 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6505 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6508 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6509 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6511 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6512 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6513 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6514 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6515 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6516 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6517 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6518 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6519 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6520 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6521 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6524 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6525 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6526 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6528 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6529 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6530 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6531 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6534 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6535 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6539 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6540 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6542 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6543 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6545 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6546 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6548 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6549 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6551 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6552 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6555 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6556 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6560 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */